PE-Stamped Plans Included|Design Online in 3D|Financing from $89/mo
Steel Buildings Shop By Use Case
Whatever you need a steel building for — workshop, retail showroom, fleet garage, horse barn, RV storage, distribution warehouse, indoor arena or worship hall — Steel and Stud engineers the right structure for your use. Browse our use-case catalog of pre-engineered buildings from $14,500. Every order includes PE-stamped drawings tailored to your local wind and snow loads, plus free nationwide delivery. Widths from 30 to 100+ feet, lengths to 200+ feet, column-free interiors when your use case calls for it.
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
80×80 Worship Center / Fellowship Hall | Steel and Stud, From $119,100
80×80 Worship Center / Fellowship Hall, engineered to code for assembly use.
Our 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall fits 80-foot widths and 80-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes. 8,6400 sq ft column-free interior for worship seating, fellowship.
You’re viewing:Worship Center / Fellowship Hall·Size80×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$119,100$135,750Save $16,650
or as low as $2481/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-80X80-WORSHIP-CENTER-FBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
★
4.8/5
customer rating
⏱
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
SPATIAL LAYOUT
See how 800 sq ft fits your worship-hall layout.
80 feet wide × 80 feet long. Center aisle + side aisles, fellowship space at rear. Our 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall fits 80-foot widths and 80-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes.
Sanctuary / Altar at the front, pew seating in the middle, foyer + restrooms + classrooms at the rear. Capacity: seats ~640 in main sanctuary. 8,6400 sq ft column-free interior for worship seating, fellowship meals, classroom partitions, youth programs, or community events with insulation and HVAC-ready framing.
💡 Pro tip:Size affords: choir riser, baptistry rough-in, classroom partitions.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 80×80 Worship Center / Fellowship Hall in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
Everything in your Worship Center / Fellowship Hall.
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
6,400 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 80×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Worship Center / Fellowship Hall spec sheet.
Width80′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space6,400 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Worship Center / Fellowship Hall.
DAILY USE
Everyday worship center / fellowship hall
6,400 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a worship center / fellowship hall.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
worship center / fellowship hall + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
80×80 Worship Center / Fellowship Hall, what makes it different.
6,400sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$2481/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $2481/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 80×80?
6,400 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
80′ × 80′ footprint with 6,400 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $51,200–$76,800 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Worship Center / Fellowship Hall shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 80×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 80×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
CUSTOMER REVIEWS
What real 80×80 Worship Center / Fellowship Hall buyers say.
⭐
No reviews yet for the 80×80 Worship Center / Fellowship Hall
Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.
Worship Center / Fellowship Hall questions, answered.
How much does a 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall cost?
A 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall from Steel and Stud starts at $119,100 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $2481/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud worship center / fellowship hall ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall?
Almost always for 6,400+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud worship center / fellowship hall different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $2481/month on a 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall.
What warranty comes with the 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 80×80 worship center / fellowship hall pass community-use and assembly inspections?
Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.
Ready to build?
Your Worship Center / Fellowship Hall quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$119,100.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
80×80 Indoor Riding Arena | Steel and Stud, From $117,800
80×80 Indoor Riding Arena, built for farm and ranch demands.
Built for farm and ranch operations, this 80×80 indoor riding arena packs 6400 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Mid-size indoor arena or equestrian training building with high clearance, kickwall-ready layout.
Starting from your selected configuration$117,800$134,300Save $16,500
or as low as $2454/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-80X80-INDOOR-RIDING-ARBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
★
4.8/5
customer rating
⏱
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
SPATIAL LAYOUT
See how 800 sq ft fits your open-arena layout.
80 feet wide × 80 feet long. Built for farm and ranch operations, this 80×80 indoor riding arena packs 6400 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.
Court / Field · Sideline / Bench · Equipment storage
Court / Field at the front, sideline / bench in the middle, equipment storage at the rear. Mid-size indoor arena or equestrian training building with high clearance, kickwall-ready layout, ventilation, tack-room options, and lean-to additions for stalls or equipment.
💡 Pro tip:Indoor Riding Arena at 80×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 80×80 Indoor Riding Arena in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
6,400 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 80×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Indoor Riding Arena spec sheet.
Width80′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space6,400 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Indoor Riding Arena.
DAILY USE
Everyday indoor riding arena
6,400 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a indoor riding arena.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
indoor riding arena + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
80×80 Indoor Riding Arena, what makes it different.
6,400sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$2454/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 80×80 indoor riding arena is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $2454/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 80×80?
6,400 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
80′ × 80′ footprint with 6,400 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $51,200–$76,800 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Indoor Riding Arena shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 80×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 80×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
CUSTOMER REVIEWS
What real 80×80 Indoor Riding Arena buyers say.
⭐
No reviews yet for the 80×80 Indoor Riding Arena
Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.
A 80×80 indoor riding arena from Steel and Stud starts at $117,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $2454/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 80×80 indoor riding arena price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud indoor riding arena ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 80×80 indoor riding arena?
Almost always for 6,400+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud indoor riding arena different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 80×80 indoor riding arena need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 80×80 indoor riding arena delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 80×80 indoor riding arena without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $2454/month on a 80×80 indoor riding arena.
What warranty comes with the 80×80 indoor riding arena?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 80×80 indoor riding arena in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 80×80 indoor riding arena stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?
The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.
Ready to build?
Your Indoor Riding Arena quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$117,800.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
80×80 Municipal / Government Facility | Steel and Stud, From $119,100
80×80 Municipal / Government Facility, engineered to code for assembly use.
Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 80×80 municipal / government facility packs 6400 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Public works storage, fleet staging, emergency response storage, parks.
You’re viewing:Municipal / Government Facility·Size80×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$119,100$135,750Save $16,650
or as low as $2481/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-80X80-MUNICIPAL-GOVERNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
★
4.8/5
customer rating
⏱
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
SPATIAL LAYOUT
See how 800 sq ft fits your municipal / government facility layout.
80 feet wide × 80 feet long. Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 80×80 municipal / government facility packs 6400 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.
Municipal / Government Facility layout.
Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 80×80 municipal / government facility packs 6400 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Public works storage, fleet staging, emergency response storage, parks department equipment building, or municipal maintenance facility with stamped engineered drawings.
💡 Pro tip:Municipal / Government Facility at 80×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 80×80 Municipal / Government Facility in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
Everything in your Municipal / Government Facility.
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
6,400 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 80×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Municipal / Government Facility spec sheet.
Width80′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space6,400 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Municipal / Government Facility.
DAILY USE
Everyday municipal / government facility
6,400 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a municipal / government facility.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
municipal / government facility + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
80×80 Municipal / Government Facility, what makes it different.
6,400sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$2481/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 80×80 municipal / government facility is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $2481/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 80×80?
6,400 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
80′ × 80′ footprint with 6,400 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $51,200–$76,800 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Municipal / Government Facility shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 80×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 80×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
CUSTOMER REVIEWS
What real 80×80 Municipal / Government Facility buyers say.
⭐
No reviews yet for the 80×80 Municipal / Government Facility
Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.
Municipal / Government Facility questions, answered.
How much does a 80×80 municipal / government facility cost?
A 80×80 municipal / government facility from Steel and Stud starts at $119,100 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $2481/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 80×80 municipal / government facility price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud municipal / government facility ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 80×80 municipal / government facility?
Almost always for 6,400+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud municipal / government facility different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 80×80 municipal / government facility need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 80×80 municipal / government facility delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 80×80 municipal / government facility without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $2481/month on a 80×80 municipal / government facility.
What warranty comes with the 80×80 municipal / government facility?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 80×80 municipal / government facility in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 80×80 municipal / government facility pass community-use and assembly inspections?
Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.
Ready to build?
Your Municipal / Government Facility quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$119,100.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
80×80 Warehouse / Inventory Storage | Steel and Stud, From $119,400
80×80 Warehouse / Inventory Storage, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.
Looking for a 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage? At 6400 sq ft, this footprint suits fabrication, heavy machinery, or warehousing. Clear-span width keeps forklift routes open.
Starting from your selected configuration$119,400$136,100Save $16,700
or as low as $2488/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-80X80-WAREHOUSE-INVENTBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
★
4.8/5
customer rating
⏱
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
SPATIAL LAYOUT
See how 800 sq ft fits your distribution facility.
80 feet wide × 80 feet long. Column-free clear span; 18-ft+ height for 5-tier racking. Looking for a 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage? At 6400 sq ft, this footprint suits fabrication, heavy machinery, or warehousing.
Multi-dock loading bays at the front, high-bay racking aisles in the middle, office mezzanine + break + restrooms at the rear. Capacity: ~128 pallet positions, full forklift ops. Clear-span width keeps forklift routes open.
💡 Pro tip:Size affords: multiple dock doors, mezzanine office, in-rack sprinklers.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 80×80 Warehouse / Inventory Storage in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
6,400 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 80×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Warehouse / Inventory Storage spec sheet.
Width80′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space6,400 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Warehouse / Inventory Storage.
DAILY USE
Everyday warehouse / inventory storage
6,400 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a warehouse / inventory storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
warehouse / inventory storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
80×80 Warehouse / Inventory Storage, what makes it different.
6,400sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$2488/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $2488/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 80×80?
6,400 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
80′ × 80′ footprint with 6,400 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $51,200–$76,800 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Warehouse / Inventory Storage shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 80×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 80×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
CUSTOMER REVIEWS
What real 80×80 Warehouse / Inventory Storage buyers say.
⭐
No reviews yet for the 80×80 Warehouse / Inventory Storage
Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.
How much does a 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage cost?
A 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage from Steel and Stud starts at $119,400 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $2488/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud warehouse / inventory storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage?
Almost always for 6,400+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud warehouse / inventory storage different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $2488/month on a 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage.
What warranty comes with the 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage handle heavy equipment and forklifts?
Standard 80×80 warehouse / inventory storage ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.
Ready to build?
Your Warehouse / Inventory Storage quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$119,400.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
80×80 Trucking Terminal | Steel and Stud, From $119,000
80×80 Trucking Terminal, engineered for code-compliant business use.
Built for business owners who need fast permitted occupancy, this 80×80 trucking terminal packs 6400 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Regional cross-dock, service bay, or trucking support facility with dock-ready.
Starting from your selected configuration$119,000$135,650Save $16,650
or as low as $2479/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-80X80-TRUCKING-TERMINABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
★
4.8/5
customer rating
⏱
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
SPATIAL LAYOUT
See how 800 sq ft fits your trucking terminal layout.
80 feet wide × 80 feet long. Built for business owners who need fast permitted occupancy, this 80×80 trucking terminal packs 6400 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.
Trucking Terminal layout.
Built for business owners who need fast permitted occupancy, this 80×80 trucking terminal packs 6400 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Regional cross-dock, service bay, or trucking support facility with dock-ready openings, drive-through access, clear truck routes, and space for a front office partition.
💡 Pro tip:Trucking Terminal at 80×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 80×80 Trucking Terminal in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
6,400 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 80×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Trucking Terminal spec sheet.
Width80′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space6,400 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Trucking Terminal.
DAILY USE
Everyday trucking terminal
6,400 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a trucking terminal.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
trucking terminal + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
80×80 Trucking Terminal, what makes it different.
6,400sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$2479/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 80×80 trucking terminal is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $2479/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 80×80?
6,400 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
80′ × 80′ footprint with 6,400 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $51,200–$76,800 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Trucking Terminal shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 80×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 80×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
CUSTOMER REVIEWS
What real 80×80 Trucking Terminal buyers say.
⭐
No reviews yet for the 80×80 Trucking Terminal
Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.
A 80×80 trucking terminal from Steel and Stud starts at $119,000 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $2479/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 80×80 trucking terminal price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud trucking terminal ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 80×80 trucking terminal?
Almost always for 6,400+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud trucking terminal different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 80×80 trucking terminal need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 80×80 trucking terminal delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 80×80 trucking terminal without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $2479/month on a 80×80 trucking terminal.
What warranty comes with the 80×80 trucking terminal?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 80×80 trucking terminal in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Does the 80×80 trucking terminal meet IBC commercial code?
Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.
Ready to build?
Your Trucking Terminal quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$119,000.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
80×80 Agricultural Processing Facility | Steel and Stud, From $117,800
Starting from your selected configuration$117,800$134,300Save $16,500
or as low as $2454/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-80X80-AGRICULTURAL-PROBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
★
4.8/5
customer rating
⏱
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
SPATIAL LAYOUT
See how 800 sq ft fits your agricultural processing facility layout.
80 feet wide × 80 feet long. Looking for a 80×80 agricultural processing facility? At 6400 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.
Agricultural Processing Facility layout.
Looking for a 80×80 agricultural processing facility? At 6400 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Hay storage, grain handling, dairy support, cold storage, equipment parking, feed processing, or wash-down agricultural operations under a heavy-duty galvanized steel structure.
💡 Pro tip:Agricultural Processing Facility at 80×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 80×80 Agricultural Processing Facility in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
80×80 Agricultural Processing Facility, what makes it different.
6,400sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$2454/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 80×80 agricultural processing facility is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $2454/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 80×80?
6,400 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
80′ × 80′ footprint with 6,400 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $51,200–$76,800 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Agricultural Processing Facility shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 80×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 80×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
CUSTOMER REVIEWS
What real 80×80 Agricultural Processing Facility buyers say.
⭐
No reviews yet for the 80×80 Agricultural Processing Facility
Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.
How much does a 80×80 agricultural processing facility cost?
A 80×80 agricultural processing facility from Steel and Stud starts at $117,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $2454/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 80×80 agricultural processing facility price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud agricultural processing facility ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 80×80 agricultural processing facility?
Almost always for 6,400+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud agricultural processing facility different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 80×80 agricultural processing facility need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 80×80 agricultural processing facility delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 80×80 agricultural processing facility without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $2454/month on a 80×80 agricultural processing facility.
What warranty comes with the 80×80 agricultural processing facility?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 80×80 agricultural processing facility in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 80×80 agricultural processing facility stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?
The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.
Ready to build?
Your Agricultural Processing Facility quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
6,400 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
80′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 80×80 steel building delivers 6,400 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$117,800.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
3,500 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium
50′ x 70′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×70 steel building delivers 3,500 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×70 Retail / Showroom Building, engineered for code-compliant business use.
Display equipment, furniture, vehicles, building supplies, or inventory in a clear-span showroom with storefront glass, customer entries, insulation, and branded color packages.
Starting from your selected configuration$65,900$75,150Save $9,250
or as low as $1373/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×70 retail / showroom building.
50 feet wide × 70 feet long. Display equipment, furniture, vehicles, building supplies, or inventory in a clear-span showroom with storefront glass, customer entries, insulation, and branded color packages.
Car 1Car 2OFFICE50′ × 70′ · 3,500 sq ft
Retail / Showroom Building layout.
Display equipment, furniture, vehicles, building supplies, or inventory in a clear-span showroom with storefront glass, customer entries, insulation, and branded color packages.
💡 Pro tip:Retail / Showroom Building works well at 50×70, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×70 Retail / Showroom Building in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
3,500 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×70 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Retail / Showroom Building spec sheet.
Width50′
Length70′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space3,500 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Retail / Showroom Building.
DAILY USE
Everyday retail / showroom building
3,500 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a retail / showroom building.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
retail / showroom building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×70 Retail / Showroom Building, what makes it different.
3,500sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1373/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×70 retail / showroom building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1373/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×70?
3,500 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 70′ footprint with 3,500 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $28,000–$42,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Retail / Showroom Building shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×70 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×70 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
How much does a 50×70 retail / showroom building cost?
A 50×70 retail / showroom building from Steel and Stud starts at $65,900 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1373/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×70 retail / showroom building price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud retail / showroom building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×70 retail / showroom building?
Almost always for 3,500+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud retail / showroom building different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×70 retail / showroom building need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×70 retail / showroom building delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×70 retail / showroom building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1373/month on a 50×70 retail / showroom building.
What warranty comes with the 50×70 retail / showroom building?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×70 retail / showroom building in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Does the 50×70 retail / showroom building meet IBC commercial code?
Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.
Ready to build?
Your Retail / Showroom Building quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“office”:{“name”:”Retail / Showroom Building”,”slug”:”50×70-retail-showroom-building”,”breadcrumb”:”Retail / Showroom Building”,”sku”:”SS-50×70-COMRET”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:65900,”was”:75150,”save”:9250,”monthly”:1373,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Pro Spec”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Retail-Show-room.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Commercial-Metal-Building.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-Home-Gym-Studio.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-Man-Cave-Studio.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×60″,”label”:”50×60″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:56750,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×60″},{“id”:”50×70″,”label”:”50×70″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:65900,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:70500,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×75″},{“id”:”60×70″,”label”:”60×70″,”subtitle”:”wider”,”price”:78750,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”60×70″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×70 Retail / Showroom Building, engineered for code-compliant business use.”,”tagline”:”Display equipment, furniture, vehicles, building supplies, or inventory in a clear-span showroom with storefront glass, customer entries, insulation, and branded color packages.”,”bullets”:[“3,500 sq ft enclosed”,”From $42,500“,”Storefront“,”Insulated“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×70 retail / showroom building”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 70 feet long. Display equipment, furniture, vehicles, building supplies, or inventory in a clear-span showroom with storefront glass, customer entries, insulation, and branded color packages.”,”fpInfoH”:”Retail / Showroom Building layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”Display equipment, furniture, vehicles, building supplies, or inventory in a clear-span showroom with storefront glass, customer entries, insulation, and branded color packages.”,”fpProtip”:”Retail / Showroom Building works well at 50×70, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”office”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”3,500 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×70 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”70′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”3,500 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday retail / showroom building”,”p”:”3,500 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a retail / showroom building.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Retail-Show-room.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”retail / showroom building + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Commercial-Metal-Building.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×70 retail / showroom building”,”50×70 retail / showroom building”,”50 by 70 retail / showroom building”,”metal retail / showroom building”,”prefab retail / showroom building”,”retail / showroom building kit”,”retail / showroom building price”,”retail / showroom building cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×71×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$15,750″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x70-commercial-warehouse”,”name”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”p”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”price”:”$65,900″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-commercial-warehouse/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$65,900″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-farm-equipment-building”,”name”:”Farm Equipment Building”,”p”:”Farm Equipment Building”,”price”:”$64,700″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-farm-equipment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-manufacturing-light-industrial”,”name”:”Manufacturing / Light Industrial”,”p”:”Manufacturing / Light Industrial”,”price”:”$66,300″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-manufacturing-light-industrial/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-rv-boat-storage”,”name”:”RV & Boat Storage”,”p”:”RV & Boat Storage”,”price”:”$64,050″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-rv-boat-storage/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-indoor-sports-training-facility”,”name”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”p”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”price”:”$64,050″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-indoor-sports-training-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-auto-shop-service-building”,”name”:”Auto Shop / Service Building”,”p”:”Auto Shop / Service Building”,”price”:”$65,900″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-auto-shop-service-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-horse-barn-riding-space”,”name”:”Horse Barn / Riding Space”,”p”:”Horse Barn / Riding Space”,”price”:”$64,700″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-horse-barn-riding-space/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-municipal-government-building”,”name”:”Municipal / Government Building”,”p”:”Municipal / Government Building”,”price”:”$66,000″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-municipal-government-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-contractor-storage-building”,”name”:”Contractor Storage Building”,”p”:”Contractor Storage Building”,”price”:”$66,300″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-contractor-storage-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-community-worship-hall”,”name”:”Community / Worship Hall”,”p”:”Community / Worship Hall”,”price”:”$66,000″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-community-worship-hall/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×70 retail / showroom building cost?”,”A 50×70 retail / showroom building from Steel and Stud starts at $65,900 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1373/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×70 retail / showroom building price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud retail / showroom building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×70 retail / showroom building?”,”Almost always for 3,500+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud retail / showroom building different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×70 retail / showroom building need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×70 retail / showroom building delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×70 retail / showroom building without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1373/month on a 50×70 retail / showroom building.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×70 retail / showroom building?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×70 retail / showroom building in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Does the 50×70 retail / showroom building meet IBC commercial code?”,”Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×70′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
3,500 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium
50′ x 70′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×70 steel building delivers 3,500 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$65,900.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
3,500 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium
50′ x 70′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×70 steel building delivers 3,500 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×70 Contractor Storage Building, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.
Secure storage for tools, lifts, scaffolding, materials, trailers, generators, and jobsite equipment. Add wide doors, side access, security hardware, and organized shelving zones.
Starting from your selected configuration$66,300$75,600Save $9,300
or as low as $1381/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
Secure storage for tools, lifts, scaffolding, materials, trailers, generators, and jobsite equipment. Add wide doors, side access, security hardware, and organized shelving zones.
💡 Pro tip:Contractor Storage Building works well at 50×70, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×70 Contractor Storage Building in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
3,500 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×70 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Contractor Storage Building spec sheet.
Width50′
Length70′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space3,500 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Contractor Storage Building.
DAILY USE
Everyday contractor storage building
3,500 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor storage building.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
contractor storage building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×70 Contractor Storage Building, what makes it different.
3,500sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1381/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×70 contractor storage building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1381/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×70?
3,500 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 70′ footprint with 3,500 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $28,000–$42,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Contractor Storage Building shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×70 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×70 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
How much does a 50×70 contractor storage building cost?
A 50×70 contractor storage building from Steel and Stud starts at $66,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1381/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×70 contractor storage building price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud contractor storage building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×70 contractor storage building?
Almost always for 3,500+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud contractor storage building different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×70 contractor storage building need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×70 contractor storage building delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×70 contractor storage building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1381/month on a 50×70 contractor storage building.
What warranty comes with the 50×70 contractor storage building?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×70 contractor storage building in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 50×70 contractor storage building handle heavy equipment and forklifts?
Standard 50×70 contractor storage building ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.
Ready to build?
Your Contractor Storage Building quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“shop-only”:{“name”:”Contractor Storage Building”,”slug”:”50×70-contractor-storage-building”,”breadcrumb”:”Contractor Storage Building”,”sku”:”SS-50×70-INDCON”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:66300,”was”:75600,”save”:9300,”monthly”:1381,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Heavy-Duty”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-Workshop-Hobby-Space.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Commercial-Metal-Building.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-Home-Gym-Studio.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-Man-Cave-Studio.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×60″,”label”:”50×60″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:57150,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×60″},{“id”:”50×70″,”label”:”50×70″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:66300,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:70900,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×75″},{“id”:”60×70″,”label”:”60×70″,”subtitle”:”wider”,”price”:79150,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”60×70″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×70 Contractor Storage Building, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.”,”tagline”:”Secure storage for tools, lifts, scaffolding, materials, trailers, generators, and jobsite equipment. Add wide doors, side access, security hardware, and organized shelving zones.”,”bullets”:[“3,500 sq ft enclosed”,”From $34,500“,”Secure Storage“,”Large Doors“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×70 contractor storage building”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 70 feet long. Secure storage for tools, lifts, scaffolding, materials, trailers, generators, and jobsite equipment.”,”fpInfoH”:”Contractor Storage Building layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”Secure storage for tools, lifts, scaffolding, materials, trailers, generators, and jobsite equipment. Add wide doors, side access, security hardware, and organized shelving zones.”,”fpProtip”:”Contractor Storage Building works well at 50×70, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”shop-only”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”3,500 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×70 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”70′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”3,500 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday contractor storage building”,”p”:”3,500 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor storage building.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-Workshop-Hobby-Space.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”contractor storage building + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Commercial-Metal-Building.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×70 contractor storage building”,”50×70 contractor storage building”,”50 by 70 contractor storage building”,”metal contractor storage building”,”prefab contractor storage building”,”contractor storage building kit”,”contractor storage building price”,”contractor storage building cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×71×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$15,750″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x70-commercial-warehouse”,”name”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”p”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”price”:”$65,900″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-commercial-warehouse/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$65,900″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-farm-equipment-building”,”name”:”Farm Equipment Building”,”p”:”Farm Equipment Building”,”price”:”$64,700″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-farm-equipment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-manufacturing-light-industrial”,”name”:”Manufacturing / Light Industrial”,”p”:”Manufacturing / Light Industrial”,”price”:”$66,300″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-manufacturing-light-industrial/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-rv-boat-storage”,”name”:”RV & Boat Storage”,”p”:”RV & Boat Storage”,”price”:”$64,050″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-rv-boat-storage/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-indoor-sports-training-facility”,”name”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”p”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”price”:”$64,050″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-indoor-sports-training-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-auto-shop-service-building”,”name”:”Auto Shop / Service Building”,”p”:”Auto Shop / Service Building”,”price”:”$65,900″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-auto-shop-service-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-horse-barn-riding-space”,”name”:”Horse Barn / Riding Space”,”p”:”Horse Barn / Riding Space”,”price”:”$64,700″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-horse-barn-riding-space/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-municipal-government-building”,”name”:”Municipal / Government Building”,”p”:”Municipal / Government Building”,”price”:”$66,000″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-municipal-government-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-retail-showroom-building”,”name”:”Retail / Showroom Building”,”p”:”Retail / Showroom Building”,”price”:”$65,900″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-retail-showroom-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x70-community-worship-hall”,”name”:”Community / Worship Hall”,”p”:”Community / Worship Hall”,”price”:”$66,000″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×70-community-worship-hall/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×70 contractor storage building cost?”,”A 50×70 contractor storage building from Steel and Stud starts at $66,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1381/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×70 contractor storage building price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud contractor storage building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×70 contractor storage building?”,”Almost always for 3,500+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud contractor storage building different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×70 contractor storage building need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×70 contractor storage building delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×70 contractor storage building without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1381/month on a 50×70 contractor storage building.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×70 contractor storage building?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×70 contractor storage building in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Will the 50×70 contractor storage building handle heavy equipment and forklifts?”,”Standard 50×70 contractor storage building ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×70′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
3,500 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium
50′ x 70′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×70 steel building delivers 3,500 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$66,300.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
3,750 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium
50′ x 75′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×75 steel building delivers 3,750 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×75 Hay Barn and Equipment Storage, built for farm and ranch demands.
Farmers stack large square bales four high under 16-foot eaves and still drive a tractor with a front-end loader straight through. With one open gable end the 50×75 agricultural metal building doubles as covered.
You’re viewing:Hay Barn and Equipment Storage·Size50×75·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$69,300$79,000Save $9,700
or as low as $1444/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage.
50 feet wide × 75 feet long. Farmers stack large square bales four high under 16-foot eaves and still drive a tractor with a front-end loader straight through.
Pickup BayWORKSHOP50′ × 75′ · 3,750 sq ft
Hay Barn and Equipment Storage layout.
Farmers stack large square bales four high under 16-foot eaves and still drive a tractor with a front-end loader straight through. With one open gable end the 50×75 agricultural metal building doubles as covered equipment storage for combines, balers, and grain trailers.
💡 Pro tip:Hay Barn and Equipment Storage works well at 50×75, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×75 Hay Barn and Equipment Storage in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
Everything in your Hay Barn and Equipment Storage.
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
3,750 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×75 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Hay Barn and Equipment Storage spec sheet.
Width50′
Length75′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space3,750 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Hay Barn and Equipment Storage.
DAILY USE
Everyday hay barn and equipment storage
3,750 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hay barn and equipment storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
hay barn and equipment storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×75 Hay Barn and Equipment Storage, what makes it different.
3,750sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1444/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1444/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×75?
3,750 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 75′ footprint with 3,750 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $30,000–$45,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Hay Barn and Equipment Storage shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×75 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×75 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
Hay Barn and Equipment Storage questions, answered.
How much does a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage cost?
A 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage from Steel and Stud starts at $69,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1444/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud hay barn and equipment storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage?
Almost always for 3,750+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud hay barn and equipment storage different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1444/month on a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage.
What warranty comes with the 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?
The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.
Ready to build?
Your Hay Barn and Equipment Storage quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“workshop”:{“name”:”Hay Barn and Equipment Storage”,”slug”:”50×75-hay-barn-equipment-storage”,”breadcrumb”:”Hay Barn and Equipment Storage”,”sku”:”SS-50×75-AGRHAY”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:69300,”was”:79000,”save”:9700,”monthly”:1444,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Farm Ready”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×30-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/100×70-straight-roof-barn-1.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/30×20-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/25×40-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×70″,”label”:”50×70″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:64700,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×70″},{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:69300,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×80″,”label”:”50×80″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:73850,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×80″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×75 Hay Barn and Equipment Storage, built for farm and ranch demands.”,”tagline”:”Farmers stack large square bales four high under 16-foot eaves and still drive a tractor with a front-end loader straight through. With one open gable end the 50×75 agricultural metal building doubles as covered.”,”bullets”:[“3,750 sq ft enclosed”,”Open Gable“,”14 GA Frame“,”Vertical Roof“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×75 hay barn and equipment storage”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 75 feet long. Farmers stack large square bales four high under 16-foot eaves and still drive a tractor with a front-end loader straight through.”,”fpInfoH”:”Hay Barn and Equipment Storage layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”Farmers stack large square bales four high under 16-foot eaves and still drive a tractor with a front-end loader straight through. With one open gable end the 50×75 agricultural metal building doubles as covered equipment storage for combines, balers, and grain trailers.”,”fpProtip”:”Hay Barn and Equipment Storage works well at 50×75, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”workshop”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”3,750 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×75 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”75′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”3,750 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday hay barn and equipment storage”,”p”:”3,750 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hay barn and equipment storage.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”hay barn and equipment storage + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×30-Metal-Barn-Building-for-Farm-Ranch.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/100×70-straight-roof-barn-1.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×75 hay barn and equipment storage”,”50×75 hay barn and equipment storage”,”50 by 75 hay barn and equipment storage”,”metal hay barn and equipment storage”,”prefab hay barn and equipment storage”,”hay barn and equipment storage kit”,”hay barn and equipment storage price”,”hay barn and equipment storage cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×76×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$16,875″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x75-multi-bay-commercial-garage”,”name”:”Multi-Bay Commercial Garage”,”p”:”Multi-Bay Commercial Garage”,”price”:”$70,500″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-multi-bay-commercial-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-fabrication-shop”,”name”:”Fabrication Shop”,”p”:”Fabrication Shop”,”price”:”$70,900″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-fabrication-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-barndominium”,”name”:”Barndominium”,”p”:”Barndominium”,”price”:”$68,650″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-barndominium/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-indoor-riding-arena”,”name”:”Indoor Riding Arena”,”p”:”Indoor Riding Arena”,”price”:”$68,650″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-indoor-riding-arena/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-self-storage-facility”,”name”:”Self-Storage Facility”,”p”:”Self-Storage Facility”,”price”:”$70,500″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-self-storage-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-warehouse-distribution”,”name”:”Warehouse and Distribution”,”p”:”Warehouse and Distribution”,”price”:”$70,900″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-warehouse-distribution/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-horse-barn-stalls”,”name”:”Horse Barn with Stalls”,”p”:”Horse Barn with Stalls”,”price”:”$69,300″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-horse-barn-stalls/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-personal-workshop”,”name”:”Personal Workshop”,”p”:”Personal Workshop”,”price”:”$68,650″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-personal-workshop/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-auto-repair-shop”,”name”:”Auto Repair Shop”,”p”:”Auto Repair Shop”,”price”:”$70,500″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-auto-repair-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$70,900″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x75-community-hall-event-space”,”name”:”Community Hall or Event Space”,”p”:”Community Hall or Event Space”,”price”:”$70,600″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×75-community-hall-event-space/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage cost?”,”A 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage from Steel and Stud starts at $69,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1444/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud hay barn and equipment storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage?”,”Almost always for 3,750+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud hay barn and equipment storage different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1444/month on a 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Will the 50×75 hay barn and equipment storage stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?”,”The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×75′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
3,750 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium
50′ x 75′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×75 steel building delivers 3,750 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$69,300.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×80 Commercial Warehouse, engineered for code-compliant business use.
4,000 sq ft warehouse for inventory, pallets, contractor materials, bulk storage, fulfillment staging, and business operations. Add roll-up doors, dock-ready openings, office partitions, and insulation as needed.
Starting from your selected configuration$75,050$85,550Save $10,500
or as low as $1564/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×80 commercial warehouse.
50 feet wide × 80 feet long. 4,000 sq ft warehouse for inventory, pallets, contractor materials, bulk storage, fulfillment staging, and business operations.
Car 1Car 2OFFICE50′ × 80′ · 4,000 sq ft
Commercial Warehouse layout.
4,000 sq ft warehouse for inventory, pallets, contractor materials, bulk storage, fulfillment staging, and business operations. Add roll-up doors, dock-ready openings, office partitions, and insulation as needed.
💡 Pro tip:Commercial Warehouse works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×80 Commercial Warehouse in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Commercial Warehouse spec sheet.
Width50′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Commercial Warehouse.
DAILY USE
Everyday commercial warehouse
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a commercial warehouse.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
commercial warehouse + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×80 Commercial Warehouse, what makes it different.
4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1564/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×80 commercial warehouse is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1564/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×80?
4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 80′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Commercial Warehouse shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
A 50×80 commercial warehouse from Steel and Stud starts at $75,050 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1564/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 commercial warehouse price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud commercial warehouse ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×80 commercial warehouse?
Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud commercial warehouse different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×80 commercial warehouse need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×80 commercial warehouse delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×80 commercial warehouse without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1564/month on a 50×80 commercial warehouse.
What warranty comes with the 50×80 commercial warehouse?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×80 commercial warehouse in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Does the 50×80 commercial warehouse meet IBC commercial code?
Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.
Ready to build?
Your Commercial Warehouse quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$75,050.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×80 Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.
Clear-span fabrication floor for welding bays, CNC work, assembly stations, light manufacturing, tool rooms, and material storage. Upgrade to 12-gauge or red iron framing for heavier shop requirements.
Starting from your selected configuration$75,450$86,000Save $10,550
or as low as $1572/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop.
50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Clear-span fabrication floor for welding bays, CNC work, assembly stations, light manufacturing, tool rooms, and material storage.
Pickup BayWORKSHOP50′ × 80′ · 4,000 sq ft
Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop layout.
Clear-span fabrication floor for welding bays, CNC work, assembly stations, light manufacturing, tool rooms, and material storage. Upgrade to 12-gauge or red iron framing for heavier shop requirements.
💡 Pro tip:Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×80 Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×80 Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop, what makes it different.
4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1572/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1572/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×80?
4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 80′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
How much does a 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop cost?
A 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $75,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1572/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud manufacturing / fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop?
Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud manufacturing / fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1572/month on a 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop.
What warranty comes with the 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop handle heavy equipment and forklifts?
Standard 50×80 manufacturing / fabrication shop ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.
Ready to build?
Your Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$75,450.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×80 Distribution / Fulfillment Building, engineered for code-compliant business use.
Built for storage, packing, sorting, small distribution, contractor staging, and wholesale inventory. Add dock-leveler-ready openings, shelving rows, a receiving bay, and office space.
Starting from your selected configuration$75,050$85,550Save $10,500
or as low as $1564/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building.
50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Built for storage, packing, sorting, small distribution, contractor staging, and wholesale inventory.
Car 1Car 2OFFICE50′ × 80′ · 4,000 sq ft
Distribution / Fulfillment Building layout.
Built for storage, packing, sorting, small distribution, contractor staging, and wholesale inventory. Add dock-leveler-ready openings, shelving rows, a receiving bay, and office space.
💡 Pro tip:Distribution / Fulfillment Building works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×80 Distribution / Fulfillment Building in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
Everything in your Distribution / Fulfillment Building.
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Distribution / Fulfillment Building spec sheet.
Width50′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Distribution / Fulfillment Building.
DAILY USE
Everyday distribution / fulfillment building
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a distribution / fulfillment building.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
distribution / fulfillment building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×80 Distribution / Fulfillment Building, what makes it different.
4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1564/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1564/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×80?
4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 80′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Distribution / Fulfillment Building shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
Distribution / Fulfillment Building questions, answered.
How much does a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building cost?
A 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building from Steel and Stud starts at $75,050 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1564/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud distribution / fulfillment building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building?
Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud distribution / fulfillment building different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1564/month on a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building.
What warranty comes with the 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Does the 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building meet IBC commercial code?
Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.
Ready to build?
Your Distribution / Fulfillment Building quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“office”:{“name”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”slug”:”50×80-distribution-fulfillment-building”,”breadcrumb”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”sku”:”SS-50×80-COMDIS”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:75050,”was”:85550,”save”:10500,”monthly”:1564,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Pro Spec”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Contractor-StorageBuilding.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-2.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-5.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:70500,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×75″},{“id”:”50×80″,”label”:”50×80″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:75050,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×90″,”label”:”50×90″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:84200,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×90″},{“id”:”60×80″,”label”:”60×80″,”subtitle”:”wider”,”price”:89700,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”60×80″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×80 Distribution / Fulfillment Building, engineered for code-compliant business use.”,”tagline”:”Built for storage, packing, sorting, small distribution, contractor staging, and wholesale inventory. Add dock-leveler-ready openings, shelving rows, a receiving bay, and office space.”,”bullets”:[“4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”From $32,500“,”Dock Ready“,”Permit Ready“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×80 distribution / fulfillment building”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Built for storage, packing, sorting, small distribution, contractor staging, and wholesale inventory.”,”fpInfoH”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”Built for storage, packing, sorting, small distribution, contractor staging, and wholesale inventory. Add dock-leveler-ready openings, shelving rows, a receiving bay, and office space.”,”fpProtip”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”office”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”80′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”4,000 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday distribution / fulfillment building”,”p”:”4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a distribution / fulfillment building.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Contractor-StorageBuilding.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”distribution / fulfillment building + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×80 distribution / fulfillment building”,”50×80 distribution / fulfillment building”,”50 by 80 distribution / fulfillment building”,”metal distribution / fulfillment building”,”prefab distribution / fulfillment building”,”distribution / fulfillment building kit”,”distribution / fulfillment building price”,”distribution / fulfillment building cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×81×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$18,000″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x80-commercial-warehouse”,”name”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”p”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-commercial-warehouse/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop”,”name”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”p”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-agricultural-equipment-building”,”name”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”p”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-agricultural-equipment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-rv-boat-storage-building”,”name”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”p”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-rv-boat-storage-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-retail-showroom”,”name”:”Retail Showroom”,”p”:”Retail Showroom”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-retail-showroom/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-indoor-sports-training-facility”,”name”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”p”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-indoor-sports-training-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-municipal-public-works-building”,”name”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”p”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-municipal-public-works-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-service-repair-shop”,”name”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”p”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-service-repair-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-hay-barn-feed-storage”,”name”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”p”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-hay-barn-feed-storage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-worship-fellowship-hall”,”name”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”p”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-worship-fellowship-hall/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building cost?”,”A 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building from Steel and Stud starts at $75,050 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1564/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud distribution / fulfillment building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building?”,”Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud distribution / fulfillment building different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1564/month on a 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Does the 50×80 distribution / fulfillment building meet IBC commercial code?”,”Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×80′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$75,050.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×80 Agricultural Equipment Building, built for farm and ranch demands.
Store tractors, hay, feed, implements, UTVs, trailers, seed, and farm supplies in a wide commercial-grade steel structure. Lean-tos add covered bays for extra farm utility.
Starting from your selected configuration$73,850$84,200Save $10,350
or as low as $1539/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×80 agricultural equipment building.
50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Store tractors, hay, feed, implements, UTVs, trailers, seed, and farm supplies in a wide commercial-grade steel structure.
Pickup BayWORKSHOP50′ × 80′ · 4,000 sq ft
Agricultural Equipment Building layout.
Store tractors, hay, feed, implements, UTVs, trailers, seed, and farm supplies in a wide commercial-grade steel structure. Lean-tos add covered bays for extra farm utility.
💡 Pro tip:Agricultural Equipment Building works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×80 Agricultural Equipment Building in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
Everything in your Agricultural Equipment Building.
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Agricultural Equipment Building spec sheet.
Width50′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Agricultural Equipment Building.
DAILY USE
Everyday agricultural equipment building
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a agricultural equipment building.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
agricultural equipment building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×80 Agricultural Equipment Building, what makes it different.
4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1539/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×80 agricultural equipment building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1539/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×80?
4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 80′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Agricultural Equipment Building shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
Agricultural Equipment Building questions, answered.
How much does a 50×80 agricultural equipment building cost?
A 50×80 agricultural equipment building from Steel and Stud starts at $73,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1539/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 agricultural equipment building price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud agricultural equipment building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×80 agricultural equipment building?
Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud agricultural equipment building different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×80 agricultural equipment building need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×80 agricultural equipment building delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×80 agricultural equipment building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1539/month on a 50×80 agricultural equipment building.
What warranty comes with the 50×80 agricultural equipment building?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×80 agricultural equipment building in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 50×80 agricultural equipment building stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?
The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.
Ready to build?
Your Agricultural Equipment Building quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“workshop”:{“name”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”slug”:”50×80-agricultural-equipment-building”,”breadcrumb”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”sku”:”SS-50×80-AGRAGR”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:73850,”was”:84200,”save”:10350,”monthly”:1539,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Farm Ready”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Farm-Equipment-Storage.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-2.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-5.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:69300,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×75″},{“id”:”50×80″,”label”:”50×80″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:73850,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×90″,”label”:”50×90″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:83000,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×90″},{“id”:”60×80″,”label”:”60×80″,”subtitle”:”wider”,”price”:88500,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”60×80″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×80 Agricultural Equipment Building, built for farm and ranch demands.”,”tagline”:”Store tractors, hay, feed, implements, UTVs, trailers, seed, and farm supplies in a wide commercial-grade steel structure. Lean-tos add covered bays for extra farm utility.”,”bullets”:[“4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”From $21,500“,”Lean-To Ready“,”Heavy Duty“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×80 agricultural equipment building”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Store tractors, hay, feed, implements, UTVs, trailers, seed, and farm supplies in a wide commercial-grade steel structure.”,”fpInfoH”:”Agricultural Equipment Building layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”Store tractors, hay, feed, implements, UTVs, trailers, seed, and farm supplies in a wide commercial-grade steel structure. Lean-tos add covered bays for extra farm utility.”,”fpProtip”:”Agricultural Equipment Building works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”workshop”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”80′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”4,000 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday agricultural equipment building”,”p”:”4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a agricultural equipment building.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Farm-Equipment-Storage.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”agricultural equipment building + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×80 agricultural equipment building”,”50×80 agricultural equipment building”,”50 by 80 agricultural equipment building”,”metal agricultural equipment building”,”prefab agricultural equipment building”,”agricultural equipment building kit”,”agricultural equipment building price”,”agricultural equipment building cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×81×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$18,000″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x80-commercial-warehouse”,”name”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”p”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-commercial-warehouse/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop”,”name”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”p”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-distribution-fulfillment-building”,”name”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”p”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-distribution-fulfillment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-rv-boat-storage-building”,”name”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”p”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-rv-boat-storage-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-retail-showroom”,”name”:”Retail Showroom”,”p”:”Retail Showroom”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-retail-showroom/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-indoor-sports-training-facility”,”name”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”p”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-indoor-sports-training-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-municipal-public-works-building”,”name”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”p”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-municipal-public-works-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-service-repair-shop”,”name”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”p”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-service-repair-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-hay-barn-feed-storage”,”name”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”p”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-hay-barn-feed-storage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-worship-fellowship-hall”,”name”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”p”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-worship-fellowship-hall/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×80 agricultural equipment building cost?”,”A 50×80 agricultural equipment building from Steel and Stud starts at $73,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1539/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 agricultural equipment building price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud agricultural equipment building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×80 agricultural equipment building?”,”Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud agricultural equipment building different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×80 agricultural equipment building need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×80 agricultural equipment building delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×80 agricultural equipment building without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1539/month on a 50×80 agricultural equipment building.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×80 agricultural equipment building?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×80 agricultural equipment building in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Will the 50×80 agricultural equipment building stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?”,”The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×80′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$73,850.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×80 RV / Boat Storage Building, built for daily backyard use.
Protect motorhomes, boats, fifth wheels, trailers, side-by-sides, collector vehicles, and seasonal equipment. Tall leg heights and oversized doors make the 50×80 ideal for high-value storage.
Starting from your selected configuration$73,200$83,450Save $10,250
or as low as $1525/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
Protect motorhomes, boats, fifth wheels, trailers, side-by-sides, collector vehicles, and seasonal equipment. Tall leg heights and oversized doors make the 50×80 ideal for high-value storage.
💡 Pro tip:RV / Boat Storage Building works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×80 RV / Boat Storage Building in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RV / Boat Storage Building spec sheet.
Width50′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use RV / Boat Storage Building.
DAILY USE
Everyday rv / boat storage building
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv / boat storage building.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
rv / boat storage building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×80 RV / Boat Storage Building, what makes it different.
4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1525/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×80 rv / boat storage building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1525/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×80?
4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 80′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from RV / Boat Storage Building shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
How much does a 50×80 rv / boat storage building cost?
A 50×80 rv / boat storage building from Steel and Stud starts at $73,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1525/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 rv / boat storage building price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud rv / boat storage building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×80 rv / boat storage building?
Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud rv / boat storage building different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×80 rv / boat storage building need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×80 rv / boat storage building delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×80 rv / boat storage building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1525/month on a 50×80 rv / boat storage building.
What warranty comes with the 50×80 rv / boat storage building?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×80 rv / boat storage building in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Does a 50×80 rv / boat storage building add resale value to my home?
An enclosed 50×80 rv / boat storage building typically adds $32,000–$48,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.
Ready to build?
Your RV / Boat Storage Building quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“rv”:{“name”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”slug”:”50×80-rv-boat-storage-building”,”breadcrumb”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”sku”:”SS-50×80-RESRV”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:73200,”was”:83450,”save”:10250,”monthly”:1525,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Most Popular”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-RV-Boat-Storage.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-2.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-5.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:68650,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×75″},{“id”:”50×80″,”label”:”50×80″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:73200,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×90″,”label”:”50×90″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:82350,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×90″},{“id”:”60×80″,”label”:”60×80″,”subtitle”:”wider”,”price”:87850,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”60×80″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×80 RV / Boat Storage Building, built for daily backyard use.”,”tagline”:”Protect motorhomes, boats, fifth wheels, trailers, side-by-sides, collector vehicles, and seasonal equipment. Tall leg heights and oversized doors make the 50×80 ideal for high-value storage.”,”bullets”:[“4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”From $27,500“,”Up to 20’+ Tall“,”Oversized Doors“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×80 rv / boat storage building”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Protect motorhomes, boats, fifth wheels, trailers, side-by-sides, collector vehicles, and seasonal equipment.”,”fpInfoH”:”RV / Boat Storage Building layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”Protect motorhomes, boats, fifth wheels, trailers, side-by-sides, collector vehicles, and seasonal equipment. Tall leg heights and oversized doors make the 50×80 ideal for high-value storage.”,”fpProtip”:”RV / Boat Storage Building works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”rv”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”80′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”4,000 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday rv / boat storage building”,”p”:”4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv / boat storage building.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-RV-Boat-Storage.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”rv / boat storage building + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×80 rv / boat storage building”,”50×80 rv / boat storage building”,”50 by 80 rv / boat storage building”,”metal rv / boat storage building”,”prefab rv / boat storage building”,”rv / boat storage building kit”,”rv / boat storage building price”,”rv / boat storage building cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×81×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$18,000″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x80-commercial-warehouse”,”name”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”p”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-commercial-warehouse/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop”,”name”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”p”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-distribution-fulfillment-building”,”name”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”p”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-distribution-fulfillment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-agricultural-equipment-building”,”name”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”p”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-agricultural-equipment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-retail-showroom”,”name”:”Retail Showroom”,”p”:”Retail Showroom”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-retail-showroom/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-indoor-sports-training-facility”,”name”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”p”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-indoor-sports-training-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-municipal-public-works-building”,”name”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”p”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-municipal-public-works-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-service-repair-shop”,”name”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”p”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-service-repair-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-hay-barn-feed-storage”,”name”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”p”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-hay-barn-feed-storage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-worship-fellowship-hall”,”name”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”p”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-worship-fellowship-hall/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×80 rv / boat storage building cost?”,”A 50×80 rv / boat storage building from Steel and Stud starts at $73,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1525/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 rv / boat storage building price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud rv / boat storage building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×80 rv / boat storage building?”,”Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud rv / boat storage building different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×80 rv / boat storage building need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×80 rv / boat storage building delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×80 rv / boat storage building without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1525/month on a 50×80 rv / boat storage building.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×80 rv / boat storage building?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×80 rv / boat storage building in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Does a 50×80 rv / boat storage building add resale value to my home?”,”An enclosed 50×80 rv / boat storage building typically adds $32,000–$48,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×80′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$73,200.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×80 Retail Showroom, engineered for code-compliant business use.
4,000 sq ft of open showroom for equipment sales, auto display, building materials, furniture, powersports, or mixed retail and storage. Add storefront glazing, insulation, and office partitions.
Starting from your selected configuration$75,050$85,550Save $10,500
or as low as $1564/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×80 retail showroom.
50 feet wide × 80 feet long. 4,000 sq ft of open showroom for equipment sales, auto display, building materials, furniture, powersports, or mixed retail and storage.
Car 1Car 2OFFICE50′ × 80′ · 4,000 sq ft
Retail Showroom layout.
4,000 sq ft of open showroom for equipment sales, auto display, building materials, furniture, powersports, or mixed retail and storage. Add storefront glazing, insulation, and office partitions.
💡 Pro tip:Retail Showroom works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×80 Retail Showroom in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Retail Showroom spec sheet.
Width50′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Retail Showroom.
DAILY USE
Everyday retail showroom
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a retail showroom.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
retail showroom + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×80 Retail Showroom, what makes it different.
4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1564/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×80 retail showroom is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1564/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×80?
4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 80′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Retail Showroom shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
A 50×80 retail showroom from Steel and Stud starts at $75,050 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1564/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 retail showroom price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud retail showroom ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×80 retail showroom?
Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud retail showroom different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×80 retail showroom need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×80 retail showroom delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×80 retail showroom without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1564/month on a 50×80 retail showroom.
What warranty comes with the 50×80 retail showroom?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×80 retail showroom in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Does the 50×80 retail showroom meet IBC commercial code?
Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.
Ready to build?
Your Retail Showroom quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“office”:{“name”:”Retail Showroom”,”slug”:”50×80-retail-showroom”,”breadcrumb”:”Retail Showroom”,”sku”:”SS-50×80-COMRET”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:75050,”was”:85550,”save”:10500,”monthly”:1564,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Pro Spec”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Retail-Showroom-Building.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-2.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-5.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:70500,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×75″},{“id”:”50×80″,”label”:”50×80″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:75050,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×90″,”label”:”50×90″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:84200,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×90″},{“id”:”60×80″,”label”:”60×80″,”subtitle”:”wider”,”price”:89700,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”60×80″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×80 Retail Showroom, engineered for code-compliant business use.”,”tagline”:”4,000 sq ft of open showroom for equipment sales, auto display, building materials, furniture, powersports, or mixed retail and storage. Add storefront glazing, insulation, and office partitions.”,”bullets”:[“4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”From $36,500“,”Storefront Glazing“,”Insulated“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×80 retail showroom”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 80 feet long. 4,000 sq ft of open showroom for equipment sales, auto display, building materials, furniture, powersports, or mixed retail and storage.”,”fpInfoH”:”Retail Showroom layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”4,000 sq ft of open showroom for equipment sales, auto display, building materials, furniture, powersports, or mixed retail and storage. Add storefront glazing, insulation, and office partitions.”,”fpProtip”:”Retail Showroom works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”office”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”80′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”4,000 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday retail showroom”,”p”:”4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a retail showroom.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Retail-Showroom-Building.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”retail showroom + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×80 retail showroom”,”50×80 retail showroom”,”50 by 80 retail showroom”,”metal retail showroom”,”prefab retail showroom”,”retail showroom kit”,”retail showroom price”,”retail showroom cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×81×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$18,000″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x80-commercial-warehouse”,”name”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”p”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-commercial-warehouse/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop”,”name”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”p”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-distribution-fulfillment-building”,”name”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”p”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-distribution-fulfillment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-agricultural-equipment-building”,”name”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”p”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-agricultural-equipment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-rv-boat-storage-building”,”name”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”p”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-rv-boat-storage-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-indoor-sports-training-facility”,”name”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”p”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-indoor-sports-training-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-municipal-public-works-building”,”name”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”p”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-municipal-public-works-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-service-repair-shop”,”name”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”p”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-service-repair-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-hay-barn-feed-storage”,”name”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”p”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-hay-barn-feed-storage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-worship-fellowship-hall”,”name”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”p”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-worship-fellowship-hall/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×80 retail showroom cost?”,”A 50×80 retail showroom from Steel and Stud starts at $75,050 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1564/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 retail showroom price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud retail showroom ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×80 retail showroom?”,”Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud retail showroom different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×80 retail showroom need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×80 retail showroom delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×80 retail showroom without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1564/month on a 50×80 retail showroom.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×80 retail showroom?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×80 retail showroom in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Does the 50×80 retail showroom meet IBC commercial code?”,”Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×80′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$75,050.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×80 Municipal / Public Works Building, engineered to code for assembly use.
Public works storage, emergency response staging, park maintenance, utility vehicle storage, and municipal fleet protection with engineered drawings and high-wind upgrades available.
You’re viewing:Municipal / Public Works Building·Size50×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$75,150$85,650Save $10,500
or as low as $1566/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×80 municipal / public works building.
50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Public works storage, emergency response staging, park maintenance, utility vehicle storage, and municipal fleet protection with engineered drawings and high-wind upgrades available.
Car 1Car 2OFFICE50′ × 80′ · 4,000 sq ft
Municipal / Public Works Building layout.
Public works storage, emergency response staging, park maintenance, utility vehicle storage, and municipal fleet protection with engineered drawings and high-wind upgrades available.
💡 Pro tip:Municipal / Public Works Building works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×80 Municipal / Public Works Building in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
Everything in your Municipal / Public Works Building.
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Municipal / Public Works Building spec sheet.
Width50′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Municipal / Public Works Building.
DAILY USE
Everyday municipal / public works building
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a municipal / public works building.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
municipal / public works building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×80 Municipal / Public Works Building, what makes it different.
4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1566/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×80 municipal / public works building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1566/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×80?
4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 80′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Municipal / Public Works Building shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
Municipal / Public Works Building questions, answered.
How much does a 50×80 municipal / public works building cost?
A 50×80 municipal / public works building from Steel and Stud starts at $75,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1566/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 municipal / public works building price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud municipal / public works building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×80 municipal / public works building?
Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud municipal / public works building different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×80 municipal / public works building need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×80 municipal / public works building delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×80 municipal / public works building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1566/month on a 50×80 municipal / public works building.
What warranty comes with the 50×80 municipal / public works building?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×80 municipal / public works building in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 50×80 municipal / public works building pass community-use and assembly inspections?
Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.
Ready to build?
Your Municipal / Public Works Building quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“office”:{“name”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”slug”:”50×80-municipal-public-works-building”,”breadcrumb”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”sku”:”SS-50×80-INSMUN”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:75150,”was”:85650,”save”:10500,”monthly”:1566,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Code-Compliant”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Municipal-Government-Storage.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-2.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings-5.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:70600,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×75″},{“id”:”50×80″,”label”:”50×80″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:75150,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×90″,”label”:”50×90″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:84300,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×90″},{“id”:”60×80″,”label”:”60×80″,”subtitle”:”wider”,”price”:89800,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”60×80″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×80 Municipal / Public Works Building, engineered to code for assembly use.”,”tagline”:”Public works storage, emergency response staging, park maintenance, utility vehicle storage, and municipal fleet protection with engineered drawings and high-wind upgrades available.”,”bullets”:[“4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”Engineered“,”170+ MPH“,”Permit Ready“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×80 municipal / public works building”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Public works storage, emergency response staging, park maintenance, utility vehicle storage, and municipal fleet protection with engineered drawings and high-wind upgrades available.”,”fpInfoH”:”Municipal / Public Works Building layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”Public works storage, emergency response staging, park maintenance, utility vehicle storage, and municipal fleet protection with engineered drawings and high-wind upgrades available.”,”fpProtip”:”Municipal / Public Works Building works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”office”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”80′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”4,000 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday municipal / public works building”,”p”:”4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a municipal / public works building.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Municipal-Government-Storage.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”municipal / public works building + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/50×80-metal-building.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/50-x-80-Commercial-Metal-Buildings.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×80 municipal / public works building”,”50×80 municipal / public works building”,”50 by 80 municipal / public works building”,”metal municipal / public works building”,”prefab municipal / public works building”,”municipal / public works building kit”,”municipal / public works building price”,”municipal / public works building cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×81×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$18,000″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x80-commercial-warehouse”,”name”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”p”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-commercial-warehouse/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop”,”name”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”p”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-distribution-fulfillment-building”,”name”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”p”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-distribution-fulfillment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-agricultural-equipment-building”,”name”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”p”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-agricultural-equipment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-rv-boat-storage-building”,”name”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”p”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-rv-boat-storage-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-retail-showroom”,”name”:”Retail Showroom”,”p”:”Retail Showroom”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-retail-showroom/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-indoor-sports-training-facility”,”name”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”p”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-indoor-sports-training-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-service-repair-shop”,”name”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”p”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-service-repair-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-hay-barn-feed-storage”,”name”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”p”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-hay-barn-feed-storage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-worship-fellowship-hall”,”name”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”p”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-worship-fellowship-hall/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×80 municipal / public works building cost?”,”A 50×80 municipal / public works building from Steel and Stud starts at $75,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1566/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 municipal / public works building price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud municipal / public works building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×80 municipal / public works building?”,”Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud municipal / public works building different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×80 municipal / public works building need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×80 municipal / public works building delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×80 municipal / public works building without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1566/month on a 50×80 municipal / public works building.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×80 municipal / public works building?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×80 municipal / public works building in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Will the 50×80 municipal / public works building pass community-use and assembly inspections?”,”Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×80′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$75,150.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×80 Service / Repair Shop, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.
Set up vehicle repair, equipment service, contractor operations, fabrication, or a mixed-use shop with large doors, wide bays, and open floor space for lifts or machinery.
Starting from your selected configuration$75,450$86,000Save $10,550
or as low as $1572/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×80 service / repair shop.
50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Set up vehicle repair, equipment service, contractor operations, fabrication, or a mixed-use shop with large doors, wide bays, and open floor space for lifts or machinery.
Pickup BayWORKSHOP50′ × 80′ · 4,000 sq ft
Service / Repair Shop layout.
Set up vehicle repair, equipment service, contractor operations, fabrication, or a mixed-use shop with large doors, wide bays, and open floor space for lifts or machinery.
💡 Pro tip:Service / Repair Shop works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×80 Service / Repair Shop in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Service / Repair Shop spec sheet.
Width50′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Service / Repair Shop.
DAILY USE
Everyday service / repair shop
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a service / repair shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
service / repair shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×80 Service / Repair Shop, what makes it different.
4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1572/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×80 service / repair shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1572/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×80?
4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 80′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Service / Repair Shop shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
A 50×80 service / repair shop from Steel and Stud starts at $75,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1572/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 service / repair shop price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud service / repair shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×80 service / repair shop?
Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud service / repair shop different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×80 service / repair shop need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×80 service / repair shop delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×80 service / repair shop without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1572/month on a 50×80 service / repair shop.
What warranty comes with the 50×80 service / repair shop?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×80 service / repair shop in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 50×80 service / repair shop handle heavy equipment and forklifts?
Standard 50×80 service / repair shop ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.
Ready to build?
Your Service / Repair Shop quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“workshop”:{“name”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”slug”:”50×80-service-repair-shop”,”breadcrumb”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”sku”:”SS-50×80-INDSER”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:75450,”was”:86000,”save”:10550,”monthly”:1572,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Heavy-Duty”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Workshop-Fabrication-Shop.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×30-Metal-Building-Workshop-Hobby-Space.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-Workshop-Hobby-Space.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50x70AutoShopServiceBuilding.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/30×20-Metal-Building-Workshop-Hobby-Space.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:70900,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×75″},{“id”:”50×80″,”label”:”50×80″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:75450,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×90″,”label”:”50×90″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:84600,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×90″},{“id”:”60×80″,”label”:”60×80″,”subtitle”:”wider”,”price”:90100,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”60×80″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×80 Service / Repair Shop, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.”,”tagline”:”Set up vehicle repair, equipment service, contractor operations, fabrication, or a mixed-use shop with large doors, wide bays, and open floor space for lifts or machinery.”,”bullets”:[“4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”From $33,500“,”Lift Ready“,”Heavy Duty“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×80 service / repair shop”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Set up vehicle repair, equipment service, contractor operations, fabrication, or a mixed-use shop with large doors, wide bays, and open floor space for lifts or machinery.”,”fpInfoH”:”Service / Repair Shop layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”Set up vehicle repair, equipment service, contractor operations, fabrication, or a mixed-use shop with large doors, wide bays, and open floor space for lifts or machinery.”,”fpProtip”:”Service / Repair Shop works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”workshop”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”80′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”4,000 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday service / repair shop”,”p”:”4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a service / repair shop.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Workshop-Fabrication-Shop.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”service / repair shop + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×30-Metal-Building-Workshop-Hobby-Space.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-Workshop-Hobby-Space.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×80 service / repair shop”,”50×80 service / repair shop”,”50 by 80 service / repair shop”,”metal service / repair shop”,”prefab service / repair shop”,”service / repair shop kit”,”service / repair shop price”,”service / repair shop cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×81×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$18,000″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x80-commercial-warehouse”,”name”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”p”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-commercial-warehouse/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop”,”name”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”p”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-distribution-fulfillment-building”,”name”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”p”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-distribution-fulfillment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-agricultural-equipment-building”,”name”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”p”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-agricultural-equipment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-rv-boat-storage-building”,”name”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”p”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-rv-boat-storage-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-retail-showroom”,”name”:”Retail Showroom”,”p”:”Retail Showroom”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-retail-showroom/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-indoor-sports-training-facility”,”name”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”p”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-indoor-sports-training-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-municipal-public-works-building”,”name”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”p”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-municipal-public-works-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-hay-barn-feed-storage”,”name”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”p”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-hay-barn-feed-storage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-worship-fellowship-hall”,”name”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”p”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-worship-fellowship-hall/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×80 service / repair shop cost?”,”A 50×80 service / repair shop from Steel and Stud starts at $75,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1572/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 service / repair shop price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud service / repair shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×80 service / repair shop?”,”Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud service / repair shop different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×80 service / repair shop need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×80 service / repair shop delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×80 service / repair shop without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1572/month on a 50×80 service / repair shop.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×80 service / repair shop?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×80 service / repair shop in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Will the 50×80 service / repair shop handle heavy equipment and forklifts?”,”Standard 50×80 service / repair shop ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×80′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$75,450.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
★ #1 Best Seller
★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers
50×80 Worship / Fellowship Hall, engineered to code for assembly use.
Column-free 4,000 sq ft structure for fellowship halls, worship expansion, community rooms, food pantry storage, classroom space, or multipurpose institutional use.
Starting from your selected configuration$75,150$85,650Save $10,500
or as low as $1566/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
See how 800 sq ft fits your 50×80 worship / fellowship hall.
50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Column-free 4,000 sq ft structure for fellowship halls, worship expansion, community rooms, food pantry storage, classroom space, or multipurpose institutional use.
Car 1Car 2OFFICE50′ × 80′ · 4,000 sq ft
Worship / Fellowship Hall layout.
Column-free 4,000 sq ft structure for fellowship halls, worship expansion, community rooms, food pantry storage, classroom space, or multipurpose institutional use.
💡 Pro tip:Worship / Fellowship Hall works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER
Build your 50×80 Worship / Fellowship Hall in 3D.
Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.
Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.
🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Worship / Fellowship Hall spec sheet.
Width50′
Length80′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES
How real buyers use Worship / Fellowship Hall.
DAILY USE
Everyday worship / fellowship hall
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a worship / fellowship hall.
STORAGE OVERFLOW
worship / fellowship hall + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOM
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS
50×80 Worship / Fellowship Hall, what makes it different.
4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1566/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every 50×80 worship / fellowship hall is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $1566/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why 50×80?
4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
50′ × 80′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK
Common questions from Worship / Fellowship Hall shoppers.
The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.
How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 50×80 metal building?
Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.
Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?
Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.
What’s the typical lead time for a 50×80 building?
Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.
Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.
What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?
Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.
How much does a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall cost?
A 50×80 worship / fellowship hall from Steel and Stud starts at $75,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1566/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.
Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 worship / fellowship hall price?
Yes, every Steel and Stud worship / fellowship hall ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.
Do I need a permit for a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall?
Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.
How is a Steel and Stud worship / fellowship hall different from a wood-frame build?
Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.
What foundation does a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall need?
A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.
How fast can I get a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall delivered?
Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.
Can I finance a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall without a credit check?
Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1566/month on a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall.
What warranty comes with the 50×80 worship / fellowship hall?
Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.
Can I customize the 50×80 worship / fellowship hall in 3D before I order?
Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.
Will the 50×80 worship / fellowship hall pass community-use and assembly inspections?
Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.
Ready to build?
Your Worship / Fellowship Hall quote takes one minute.
Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.
const VARIANTS = {“office”:{“name”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”slug”:”50×80-worship-fellowship-hall”,”breadcrumb”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall”,”sku”:”SS-50×80-INSWOR”,”units”:”1,847+”,”reviews”:”0″,”price”:75150,”was”:85650,”save”:10500,”monthly”:1566,”urgCount”:”4 buyers”,”heroTag”:”★ Code-Compliant”,”gallery”:[“https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Metal-Building-House-of-Worship.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×30-Metal-Building-House-of-Worship.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-House-of-Worship.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/30×20-Metal-Building-House-of-Worship.jpg”,”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/25×40-Metal-Building-House-of-Worship.jpg”],”colors”:[{“id”:”slate”,”name”:”Slate Gray”,”hex”:”#3F4A55″,”popular”:true},{“id”:”charcoal”,”name”:”Charcoal”,”hex”:”#1A1F2C”},{“id”:”barnred”,”name”:”Barn Red”,”hex”:”#7A1F1F”},{“id”:”forest”,”name”:”Forest Green”,”hex”:”#1F4F38″},{“id”:”navy”,”name”:”Patriot Blue”,”hex”:”#274169″},{“id”:”mocha”,”name”:”Mocha”,”hex”:”#6B5340″},{“id”:”sand”,”name”:”Sand Beige”,”hex”:”#D6D2C4″},{“id”:”white”,”name”:”Polar White”,”hex”:”#E8E4DC”}],”sizes”:[{“id”:”50×75″,”label”:”50×75″,”subtitle”:”smaller”,”price”:70600,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×75″},{“id”:”50×80″,”label”:”50×80″,”subtitle”:”this size”,”price”:75150,”current”:true,”hubSlug”:null},{“id”:”50×90″,”label”:”50×90″,”subtitle”:”longer”,”price”:84300,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”50×90″},{“id”:”60×80″,”label”:”60×80″,”subtitle”:”wider”,”price”:89800,”current”:false,”hubSlug”:”60×80″}],”heights”:[{“id”:”7″,”label”:”7′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”8″,”label”:”8′”,”price”:0},{“id”:”9″,”label”:”9′”,”price”:0,”current”:true,”popular”:true},{“id”:”10″,”label”:”10′”,”price”:340},{“id”:”12″,”label”:”12′”,”price”:640},{“id”:”14″,”label”:”14′”,”price”:1180}],”h1″:”50×80 Worship / Fellowship Hall, engineered to code for assembly use.”,”tagline”:”Column-free 4,000 sq ft structure for fellowship halls, worship expansion, community rooms, food pantry storage, classroom space, or multipurpose institutional use.”,”bullets”:[“4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”Clear Span“,”Insulated“,”Code Certified“,”180 mph wind certified”,”65 psf snow load”,”20-year rust warranty”,”Free delivery + install“],”fpH2Variant”:”50×80 worship / fellowship hall”,”fpSub”:”50 feet wide × 80 feet long. Column-free 4,000 sq ft structure for fellowship halls, worship expansion, community rooms, food pantry storage, classroom space, or multipurpose institutional use.”,”fpInfoH”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall layout.”,”fpInfoP”:”Column-free 4,000 sq ft structure for fellowship halls, worship expansion, community rooms, food pantry storage, classroom space, or multipurpose institutional use.”,”fpProtip”:”Worship / Fellowship Hall works well at 50×80, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.”,”fpKey”:”office”,”included”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”h”:”4,000 sq ft enclosed”,”p”:”Fully-enclosed 50×80 vertical-roof structure.”},{“ic”:”🚪”,”h”:”Roll-up + walk-in doors”,”p”:”Standard configuration door package.”},{“ic”:”🔩”,”h”:”14-gauge steel frame”,”p”:”American-rolled galvanized tubing.”},{“ic”:”🎨”,”h”:”1 standard color”,”p”:”Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.”}],”specs”:[[“Width”,”50′”,false],[“Length”,”80′ + 6″ overhang”,false],[“Side height”,”9′ standard”,false],[“Floor space”,”4,000 sq ft”,true],[“Doors”,”1 × 9×8 roll-up”,false],[“Walk-in”,”Optional (+$345)”,false],[“Windows”,”Optional”,false],[“Wind”,”up to 180 mph”,true],[“Snow”,”up to 65 psf”,true],[“Roof”,”Vertical 3:12″,false],[“Frame”,”14 ga (12 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Sheeting”,”29 ga (26 ga upgrade)”,false],[“Anchoring”,”Concrete · Asphalt · Ground”,false],[“Lead time”,”3 – 5 weeks”,false]],”subUses”:[{“tag”:”DAILY USE”,”h”:”Everyday worship / fellowship hall”,”p”:”4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a worship / fellowship hall.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×80-Metal-Building-House-of-Worship.jpg”},{“tag”:”STORAGE OVERFLOW”,”h”:”worship / fellowship hall + seasonal storage”,”p”:”Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×30-Metal-Building-House-of-Worship.jpg”},{“tag”:”FLEX ROOM”,”h”:”Expansion-ready”,”p”:”Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.”,”img”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/50×70-Metal-Building-House-of-Worship.jpg”}],”lsi”:[“50×80 worship / fellowship hall”,”50×80 worship / fellowship hall”,”50 by 80 worship / fellowship hall”,”metal worship / fellowship hall”,”prefab worship / fellowship hall”,”worship / fellowship hall kit”,”worship / fellowship hall price”,”worship / fellowship hall cost”],”crosssell”:[{“ic”:”🏗️”,”bundle”:”Bundle & Save”,”name”:”Concrete Pad Pour”,”desc”:”51×81×4″ slab to engineered spec.”,”p”:”$18,000″,”slug”:”concrete-pad-pour”},{“ic”:”🌡”,”bundle”:”Most Added”,”name”:”R-19 Insulation Package”,”desc”:”Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.”,”p”:”$1,795″,”slug”:”r-19-insulation-package”},{“ic”:”💧”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”Gutter & Downspout Kit”,”desc”:”Seamless aluminum, color-matched.”,”p”:”$485″,”slug”:”gutter-downspout-kit”},{“ic”:”⚡”,”bundle”:null,”name”:”200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire”,”desc”:”Conduit + sub-panel housing.”,”p”:”$695″,”slug”:”200-amp-sub-panel”}],”related”:[{“v”:”card_50x80-commercial-warehouse”,”name”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”p”:”Commercial Warehouse”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-commercial-warehouse/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop”,”name”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”p”:”Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-manufacturing-fabrication-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-fleet-garage”,”name”:”Fleet Garage”,”p”:”Fleet Garage”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-fleet-garage/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-distribution-fulfillment-building”,”name”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”p”:”Distribution / Fulfillment Building”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-distribution-fulfillment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-agricultural-equipment-building”,”name”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”p”:”Agricultural Equipment Building”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-agricultural-equipment-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-rv-boat-storage-building”,”name”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”p”:”RV / Boat Storage Building”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🏡”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-rv-boat-storage-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-retail-showroom”,”name”:”Retail Showroom”,”p”:”Retail Showroom”,”price”:”$75,050″,”ic”:”🏢”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-retail-showroom/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-indoor-sports-training-facility”,”name”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”p”:”Indoor Sports / Training Facility”,”price”:”$73,200″,”ic”:”🎯”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-indoor-sports-training-facility/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-municipal-public-works-building”,”name”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”p”:”Municipal / Public Works Building”,”price”:”$75,150″,”ic”:”🏛️”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-municipal-public-works-building/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-service-repair-shop”,”name”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”p”:”Service / Repair Shop”,”price”:”$75,450″,”ic”:”🏭”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-service-repair-shop/”},{“v”:”card_50x80-hay-barn-feed-storage”,”name”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”p”:”Hay Barn / Feed Storage”,”price”:”$73,850″,”ic”:”🌾”,”url”:”/metal-buildings/50×80-hay-barn-feed-storage/”}],”faqs”:[[“How much does a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall cost?”,”A 50×80 worship / fellowship hall from Steel and Stud starts at $75,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1566/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.”],[“Is delivery and installation included in the 50×80 worship / fellowship hall price?”,”Yes, every Steel and Stud worship / fellowship hall ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.”],[“Do I need a permit for a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall?”,”Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.”],[“How is a Steel and Stud worship / fellowship hall different from a wood-frame build?”,”Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.”],[“What foundation does a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall need?”,”A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.”],[“How fast can I get a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall delivered?”,”Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.”],[“Can I finance a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall without a credit check?”,”Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1566/month on a 50×80 worship / fellowship hall.”],[“What warranty comes with the 50×80 worship / fellowship hall?”,”Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.”],[“Can I customize the 50×80 worship / fellowship hall in 3D before I order?”,”Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.”],[“Will the 50×80 worship / fellowship hall pass community-use and assembly inspections?”,”Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.”]],”_navurl”:null}};
const FPSVG_BUILDERS = { garage: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, workshop: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup BayWORKSHOP${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, office: (w,l,sqft) => `Car 1Car 2OFFICE${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft`, living: (w,l,sqft) => `GARAGEKITCHEN+LIVINGBEDROOMBATH${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft ADU`, loft: (w,l,sqft) => `Pickup #1Pickup #2↑ LOFT ABOVE ↑${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} ground + loft`, drivethru: (w,l,sqft) => `TruckTrailer${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft pass-through`, rv: (w,l,sqft) => `RV BAYDaily Driver${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft · tall walls`, “shop-only”: (w,l,sqft) => `↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack${w}′ × ${l}′ · ${sqft} sq ft shop` }; const STATES = [ {code:”AL”,name:”Alabama”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–4 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties require 150 mph upgrade. Tornado Alley adjacent, concrete pad anchoring recommended.”}, {code:”AK”,name:”Alaska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”75 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”8–10 wk”,note:”12-gauge frame required for snow load. Lower 48 shipping adds ~$1,400.”}, {code:”AZ”,name:”Arizona”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”1–2 wk”,slot:”2–3 wk”,note:”Reflective roof finish recommended. UV-rated 40-year paint warranty included.”}, {code:”AR”,name:”Arkansas”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame and 26-gauge sheeting widely chosen.”}, {code:”CA”,name:”California”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”4–8 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Seismic anchoring required. ADU configuration qualifies for streamlined SB 9 / SB 35 permitting.”}, {code:”CO”,name:”Colorado”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”High-altitude snow: 65 psf required above 7,500 ft. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”CT”,name:”Connecticut”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Coastal CT requires 150 mph wind upgrade.”}, {code:”DE”,name:”Delaware”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal salt-air, galvanized frame upgrade recommended for longevity.”}, {code:”FL”,name:”Florida”,wind:”160 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–6 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone, 12-gauge frame and Miami-Dade approved anchoring required. HVHZ certification available.”}, {code:”GA”,name:”Georgia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties need 140+ mph. Atlanta metro permits run 3-4 weeks.”}, {code:”ID”,name:”Idaho”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain regions: 50 psf snow. Frost depth foundation specs required above 5,000 ft.”}, {code:”IL”,name:”Illinois”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Chicago Suburbs require 130 mph + 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”IN”,name:”Indiana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification works statewide. NW Indiana may need 35 psf.”}, {code:”IA”,name:”Iowa”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame upgrade common.”}, {code:”KS”,name:”Kansas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley center, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”KY”,name:”Kentucky”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Eastern KY mountain counties need 25 psf snow.”}, {code:”LA”,name:”Louisiana”,wind:”150 mph”,snow:”0 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Hurricane zone south of I-10, 12-gauge frame and elevated foundation common.”}, {code:”ME”,name:”Maine”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf upgrade common. R-19 insulation recommended.”}, {code:”MD”,name:”Maryland”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard cert fits. Eastern Shore may need 140 mph upgrade.”}, {code:”MA”,name:”Massachusetts”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Cape Cod and Islands require 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”MI”,name:”Michigan”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Upper Peninsula: 60 psf snow.”}, {code:”MN”,name:”Minnesota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern MN: 65 psf snow required.”}, {code:”MS”,name:”Mississippi”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Gulf Coast counties: 150 mph wind cert required.”}, {code:”MO”,name:”Missouri”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado-prone, 12-gauge frame strongly recommended.”}, {code:”MT”,name:”Montana”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–8 wk”,note:”Mountain counties need 60+ psf snow. Remote delivery surcharges may apply.”}, {code:”NE”,name:”Nebraska”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge upgrade strongly chosen.”}, {code:”NV”,name:”Nevada”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Reflective roof recommended.”}, {code:”NH”,name:”New Hampshire”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”50 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Northern NH: 65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NJ”,name:”New Jersey”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Shore counties: 140 mph wind.”}, {code:”NM”,name:”New Mexico”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”20 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”High-altitude builds need 35 psf snow load.”}, {code:”NY”,name:”New York”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”45 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”NYC area requires extensive permitting. Upstate: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”NC”,name:”North Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph wind cert. Mountain region: 30+ psf snow.”}, {code:”ND”,name:”North Dakota”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Severe winters, 12-gauge frame standard, R-19 insulation common.”}, {code:”OH”,name:”Ohio”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Standard certification fits statewide.”}, {code:”OK”,name:”Oklahoma”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tornado Alley, 12-gauge frame standard, safe room option available.”}, {code:”OR”,name:”Oregon”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 110 mph. ADU configuration qualifies for HB 2001 streamlined permitting.”}, {code:”PA”,name:”Pennsylvania”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Snow belt counties: 50 psf required.”}, {code:”RI”,name:”Rhode Island”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”4–6 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Coastal: 150 mph wind.”}, {code:”SC”,name:”South Carolina”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”10 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coastal counties: 150 mph cert required.”}, {code:”SD”,name:”South Dakota”,wind:”120 mph”,snow:”35 psf”,permit:”2–3 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Black Hills region: 50 psf.”}, {code:”TN”,name:”Tennessee”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”15 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”East TN mountains need 30 psf snow.”}, {code:”TX”,name:”Texas”,wind:”140 mph”,snow:”5 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Coast: 150 mph + windborne debris cert. Panhandle: 130 mph.”}, {code:”UT”,name:”Utah”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Mountain counties: 50–65 psf snow.”}, {code:”VT”,name:”Vermont”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”55 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”5–7 wk”,note:”Heavy snow, 65 psf standard. Insulation strongly recommended.”}, {code:”VA”,name:”Virginia”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”3–5 wk”,note:”Tidewater: 140 mph. Blue Ridge: 35 psf snow.”}, {code:”WA”,name:”Washington”,wind:”100 mph”,snow:”25 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Cascade Mountains: 50+ psf snow. ADU permitting streamlined statewide.”}, {code:”WV”,name:”West Virginia”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”30 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Mountain terrain, site access review required.”}, {code:”WI”,name:”Wisconsin”,wind:”110 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”3–5 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”Northern WI: 60 psf snow load.”}, {code:”WY”,name:”Wyoming”,wind:”130 mph”,snow:”40 psf”,permit:”2–4 wk”,slot:”4–6 wk”,note:”High wind statewide, 12-gauge frame standard.”} ]; let CURRENT = {variant:’garage’, size:’50×80′, height:’9′, color:’slate’, imgIdx:0}; function parseSize(sizeId){const m=sizeId.match(/(d+)x(d+)/);return m?[parseInt(m[1]),parseInt(m[2])]:[20,40];} function setVariant(v, opts){ opts = opts || {}; const data = VARIANTS[v]; if(!data) return; const prevSize = CURRENT.size, prevColor = CURRENT.color; CURRENT.variant = v; if(!opts.preserveSubs){ const matchSize = data.sizes.find(s=>s.id===prevSize); CURRENT.size = matchSize ? matchSize.id : (data.sizes.find(s=>s.current)||data.sizes[0]).id; const matchColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===prevColor); CURRENT.color = matchColor ? matchColor.id : (data.colors.find(c=>c.popular)||data.colors[0]).id; CURRENT.height = (data.heights.find(h=>h.current)||data.heights[0]).id; CURRENT.imgIdx = 0; } document.getElementById(‘sx-root’).dataset.variant = v; document.getElementById(‘config-display’).textContent = data.name; document.getElementById(‘hero-tag’).textContent = data.heroTag; document.getElementById(‘sku-id’).textContent = data.sku; document.getElementById(‘units-sold’).textContent = data.units; document.getElementById(‘review-count’).textContent = data.reviews; document.getElementById(‘hero-bullets’)._sxNoClobberInnerHTML = /* pre-rendered hero-bullets */ data.bullets.map(b=>`
` ).join(”); /* Schema with Google Merchant Center fields */ const curColor = data.colors.find(c=>c.id===CURRENT.color)||data.colors[0]; document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-product’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”Product”, “name”:`${sizeLabel} ${data.name}`,”sku”:data.sku,”mpn”:data.sku, “gtin13″:”0860000″ + data.sku.replace(/D/g,”).padEnd(6,’0′).slice(0,6), “description”:tagline,”image”:data.gallery, “brand”:{“@type”:”Brand”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “manufacturer”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”,”url”:”https://www.steelandstud.com/”}, “category”:”Buildings & Sheds > Garages”, “material”:”Galvanized Steel”,”color”:curColor.name, “weight”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:Math.round(sqft*4.5),”unitCode”:”LBR”}, “depth”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:l,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “width”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”value”:w,”unitCode”:”FOT”}, “additionalProperty”:[ {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Wind Rating”,”value”:”180 mph”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Snow Load”,”value”:”65 psf”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Warranty”,”value”:”20-year rust-through”}, {“@type”:”PropertyValue”,”name”:”Paint Warranty”,”value”:”40-year”} ], “offers”:{ “@type”:”Offer”,”url”:location.href, “price”:sz.price.toString(),”priceCurrency”:”USD”, “priceValidUntil”:”2026-12-31″,”availability”:”https://schema.org/InStock”, “itemCondition”:”https://schema.org/NewCondition”, “seller”:{“@type”:”Organization”,”name”:”Steel and Stud”}, “shippingDetails”:{“@type”:”OfferShippingDetails”,”shippingRate”:{“@type”:”MonetaryAmount”,”value”:”0″,”currency”:”USD”},”shippingDestination”:{“@type”:”DefinedRegion”,”addressCountry”:”US”},”deliveryTime”:{“@type”:”ShippingDeliveryTime”,”handlingTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:7,”maxValue”:14,”unitCode”:”DAY”},”transitTime”:{“@type”:”QuantitativeValue”,”minValue”:14,”maxValue”:21,”unitCode”:”DAY”}}}, “hasMerchantReturnPolicy”:{“@type”:”MerchantReturnPolicy”,”applicableCountry”:”US”,”returnPolicyCategory”:”https://schema.org/MerchantReturnFiniteReturnWindow”,”merchantReturnDays”:7,”returnMethod”:”https://schema.org/ReturnByMail”,”returnFees”:”https://schema.org/RestockingFees”} } }); document.getElementById(‘sx-schema-faq’).textContent = JSON.stringify({ “@context”:”https://schema.org”,”@type”:”FAQPage”, “mainEntity”:data.faqs.map(f=>({“@type”:”Question”,”name”:f[0],”acceptedAnswer”:{“@type”:”Answer”,”text”:f[1].replace(/]+>/g,”)}})) }); recalcPrice(); trackRecentlyViewed(data, sizeLabel); renderRecentlyViewed(); } function buildPAA(data, sizeLabel, sqft){ const [w,l] = parseSize(CURRENT.size); return [ [`How much does a ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} cost?`, `A ${sizeLabel} ${data.name.toLowerCase()} starts at $${data.price.toLocaleString()} for the base build with free delivery and installation included. Fully-outfitted with the 12-gauge frame, R-19 insulation, walk-in door, and additional windows typically brings the total to $${Math.round(data.price * 1.45).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(data.price * 1.65).toLocaleString()}. Most buyers finance with $0 down rent-to-own for around $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`Is a ${sizeLabel} metal garage better than wood construction?`, `Yes, for cost, longevity, and maintenance. A steel-framed ${sizeLabel} garage costs 30–45% less than equivalent wood-framed construction, doesn’t rot or attract termites, carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, and installs in 1–2 days instead of 3–4 weeks. Steel also resists fire, wind, and snow load significantly better than wood at the same price point.`], [`Do I need a building permit for a ${sqft} sq ft metal building?`, `Almost always. Buildings over 200 sq ft require an accessory building permit in most U.S. counties. We email engineered drawings stamped for your wind and snow zone at no charge, you file these with your local building department. Permit timing varies 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.`], [`What foundation does a ${sizeLabel} metal building need?`, `A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is recommended for any enclosed garage. For your ${sizeLabel}, that’s a ${w+1}′ × ${l+1}′ × 4″ slab. We can also anchor to asphalt or compacted gravel for carport uses. Concrete pour typically costs $2,400–$3,200; bundled pad pour available for $2,890.`], [`How long does a metal garage actually last?`, `A properly anchored Steel and Stud metal garage is engineered for a 50+ year service life. The galvanized steel frame carries a 20-year rust-through warranty, factory-baked paint carries a 40-year warranty, and panels are warranted against perforation. Industry data shows steel buildings outlast wood-framed by 2–3× before requiring major repair.`], [`Can I get financing without a credit check for a ${sizeLabel} garage?`, `Yes. Our rent-to-own partner TimePayment does not pull credit. Provide ID, proof of income (2 pay stubs), and your first month’s payment. Approvals typically happen within 8 minutes. Spread payments across 36–60 months, no balloon, no early-payoff penalty. Typical RTO payment on your ${sizeLabel}: $${data.monthly}/month.`], [`How fast can I get a metal garage installed?`, `Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to installation. Fabrication, free regional delivery, and installation by our certified crew in 1–2 days on a prepared pad. Rush delivery (1–2 weeks) is available in some metros for $345.`], [`Will a ${sizeLabel} metal building meet HOA / county requirements?`, `In most cases yes. Our engineered drawings meet IRC and IBC standards for accessory buildings. Many HOAs accept the standard metal exterior; some require dimensional trim or matching house color (we color-match). Most counties have 12–15 ft height limits, fine for standard 9–10 ft wall builds.`] ]; } function buildDescription(data, sizeLabel, sqft, w, l){ const v = data.name.toLowerCase(); return `
${sqft}sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$${data.monthly}/mo
From RTO
🏗️
Engineered for your county
Every ${sizeLabel} ${v} is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.
Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩
Construction details
The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.
Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚
Free delivery & install, really free
Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.
$0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
3–5 week lead time on regional routes
All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️
Warranty & lifespan
Three independent warranties cover the structure, the finish, and the workmanship, and the practical service life of the building exceeds them all.
20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳
$0-down financing
Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.
RTO: $${data.monthly}/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders
⚡
Why ${sizeLabel}?
${sqft} sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.
${w}′ × ${l}′ footprint with ${sqft} sq ft interior
Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
Resale ROI $${Math.round(sqft*8).toLocaleString()}–$${Math.round(sqft*12).toLocaleString()} added home value
4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop
50′ x 80′14 GaugeLocal Certification Available
Pre-engineered 50×80 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'
$75,150.00
Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Enter your desired dimensions and options below for an instant price estimate. Contact us for a certified, site-specific quote.
ESTIMATED PRICE RANGE$9,200 - $10,300
Estimate based on standard configuration. Contact us for exact certified pricing.
View Presets, Inventory Matches & Details
Presets & Calculator Data
Custom estimate
Enter a size and state to generate an estimated range and route correctly.
Size Selected24 × 40 × 10
Floor Area960 sq ft
Location FactorStandard
Inventory MatchNo exact match
Recommended Path3D Builder
Inventory Alternatives
Why Pre-Engineered Steel
6 Reasons to Choose a Steel Over Stick-Built
For every use case — workshop, garage, agricultural, retail, fleet, equestrian — pre-engineered steel beats stick-built on timeline, lifetime cost and durability. Here is why thousands of owners chose Steel and Stud for their specific use.
📈
40 to 60% Lower Total Build Cost
Factory fabrication cuts on-site labor, eliminates material waste and compresses your project timeline from months to weeks. Most owners save $15 to $30/sqft versus comparable wood-frame or concrete block construction.
📑
PE-Stamped Drawings Included
Structural engineering and stamped plans come standard with every cold-formed steel order. Designed for your local wind speed, snow load and seismic zone. Submit directly to your building department for permit approval.
↔
Column-Free Interiors to 200+ Feet
Rigid frame engineering eliminates support columns inside the building envelope. Use every square foot of floor space for equipment, inventory, vehicles, courts or congregation seating without obstruction.
🔨
Zero Rot, Warp or Termite Risk
Galvanized steel framing and coated panels resist corrosion, mold and insect damage. The structure holds its form for decades with minimal upkeep. No repainting, no replacing warped studs, no pest treatments.
🌏
Expand, Extend or Relocate
Need more space next year? Add bays to extend length, attach lean-tos for side coverage, or install mezzanine framing for a second level. If your site changes, the building can be disassembled and re-erected on a new foundation.
🏧
Design and Price Online in 3D
The online building configurator lets you set exact dimensions, roof profile, panel type, insulation, doors, windows, colors and accessories. See instant pricing, then download your configuration summary.
Span Engineering
Clear Span vs Single Span vs Multi-Span
The span type you choose depends on your use case. Open arenas and worship halls need clear span; multi-bay shops and warehouses can use multi-span at lower cost. Steel and Stud engineers each building to the right span for its intended use.
Clear Span
No columns, W up to 80 ft
Zero interior columns
Maximum floor plan flexibility
Ideal for sports, worship, hangars
Higher cost per sqft at wide spans
Multi-Span
Interior columns, W 80 to 200+ ft
Widths over 100 feet achievable
Lower per-foot cost
Supports crane rails and mezzanines
Columns affect floor layout
Single Span
Small builds, W up to 40 ft
Most affordable option
Fastest fabrication lead time
Great for small shops and storage
Limited to 40 ft max width
Customer Reviews
What Property Owners Say About Steel and Stud
Real customers, real use cases. See how 15,000+ property owners — from horse barn owners to commercial fleet operators — picked the right Steel and Stud building for their use.
★★★★★
4.8 out of 5 based on 2,847 verified customer reviews
★★★★★
"We compared five metal building companies before choosing Steel and Stud for our 50x100 distribution warehouse. Their quote came in 28 percent under the nearest competitor for identical wind and snow ratings. The PE-stamped drawings sailed through our Shelby County permit office on the first submission with zero revisions. Building was fabricated, shipped and erected in under 10 weeks from deposit to occupancy."
TC
Thomas C.
Memphis, TN
50X100X18 WAREHOUSE
★★★★★
"Our 60x80 riding arena and equipment barn went up on our Montana ranch last fall. The Steel and Stud team walked us through every decision in the 3D configurator, from overhead door placement for tractor access to insulation thickness for our winters. Clear span interior gives the horses a full 60 feet of unobstructed arena space with no columns to navigate. Would absolutely recommend Steel and Stud to any rancher or equestrian facility."
LP
Linda P.
Bozeman, MT
60X80X16 AGRICULTURAL BUILDING
★★★★☆
"Expanded our auto body shop with a 40x60 industrial building from Steel and Stud. The erection crew was professional and efficient. Scheduling took about two weeks longer than originally quoted due to a holiday backlog, but the finished building is exactly what we specified and the pricing was fair. The 16-foot eave height gives us room for a two-post lift and still fits a paint booth without clearance issues. Good experience overall with Steel and Stud."
MR
Mike R.
Jacksonville, FL
40X60X16 INDUSTRIAL BUILDING
Common Questions
Use Case FAQ
Everything you need to know before ordering the right steel building for your use case: pricing, installation, permits, warranties, anchoring, dimensions and use-specific engineering options.
Widths from 20 to 100+ feet, lengths from 20 to 200+ feet, eave heights from 10 to 24 feet. Buildings wider than 60 feet typically use multi-span framing with interior columns.
Shell pricing ranges from $8 to $22 per square foot depending on span, height, load ratings, insulation and accessories. Larger footprints cost less per foot due to fixed engineering spread over more area. Steel and Stud provides itemized quotes so you can compare line by line.
Clear span means zero interior columns, ideal when you need open floor space (warehouses, arenas, hangars). Multi-span uses interior columns to achieve wider total footprints (80 to 200+ feet) at lower cost. Choose based on how you plan to use the interior.
Yes. Every cold-formed steel building ships with professional structural engineering and stamped drawings ready for your local building department. No separate engineering fee.
Roll-up overhead doors to 24x16, walk-in doors, windows, skylights, gutters, insulation, wainscot, cupolas, lean-tos, mezzanine framing, crane rails and bi-fold hangar doors. Everything is configurable in the 3D designer.
Six to twelve weeks from approved engineering. Components ship on flatbed trucks to your site, ready for erection. Delivery is included in pricing for all 48 states.
Buildings under 40x60 can be owner-erected with the right equipment and experience. Larger structures need a professional crew with crane access. We can connect you with experienced erectors in your region.
Yes. Commercial financing, lease-to-own, equipment financing and monthly payment plans are all available. View all options.
Get Your Free Quote
Request a Free Quote
Tell us about your project and a building specialist will contact you within 2 hours with a personalized, no-obligation price quote.
Why Request a Quote?
Fast ResponseAverage response time under 2 hours. Most quotes same day.
No Hidden FeesYour quote includes all standard features. Tubular orders include delivery and installation.
Low Deposit to StartDeposit varies by project scope. Balance due only after installation.
Zero ObligationGet your quote, compare options, decide when you are ready.
Steel Buildings By Use Case — How To Pick The Right One
Pre-engineered steel structures use cold-formed framing fabricated off-site to your exact specifications. The kit ships to your property, ready for ground-up assembly. This eliminates the weather delays, material waste and skilled-labor bottleneck of conventional construction, cutting total project cost by 40 to 60 percent on average. Steel and Stud has delivered this approach to thousands of commercial and agricultural property owners since 2004.
Available widths run from 20 to 100+ feet. Lengths extend from 20 to 200+ feet in bay increments. Eave heights span 10 to 24+ feet. Rigid frame engineering, a Steel and Stud core competency, delivers column-free interiors to 80 feet wide. Multi-span configurations push total width past 200 feet for campus-scale facilities.
What Drives Pricing in 2026
Total square footage, eave height, span type, local load requirements (wind, snow, seismic), insulation spec, door count and delivery distance all factor into your final quote. Rough benchmarks: $8 to $14 per square foot for agricultural shells, $12 to $18 for commercial buildings, $16 to $22+ for heavy industrial with crane rails or mezzanines. Larger footprints cost less per foot because fixed engineering is spread across more area.
How the 3D Building Configurator Works
The online design tool walks you through dimensions, roof profile (gable, gambrel, single slope), panel orientation, insulation layers, door and window placement, color selection and structural add-ons. It generates a live price estimate and downloadable configuration. A building specialist then finalizes the engineering package and prepares stamped drawings for your permit submission.
Industry Applications
Commercial: retail storefronts, auto shops, contractor yards, self-storage facilities. Industrial: manufacturing plants, distribution hubs, fleet maintenance bays. Agricultural: equipment barns, hay storage, livestock shelter, riding arenas. Institutional: churches, gyms, government facilities, aviation hangars, sports complexes. Each application benefits from open span interiors, fast erection and low lifetime maintenance.
Related Categories
For smaller enclosed structures, explore enclosed steel garages and open shelters by use case. For agricultural use, see metal barns. For individual framing components, browse purlins, standing seam, insulated panels and roofing systems.
READY TO BUILD THE RIGHT BUILDING FOR YOUR USE?
Join 15,000+ property owners who picked Steel and Stud for their specific use case — from backyard workshops to commercial fleet garages. Factory-direct pricing with free delivery and installation on every order.
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
})
